1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
151 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
207 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
234 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
247 const char *dw_fde_end
;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
249 unsigned funcdef_number
;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
251 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, long);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
355 static long stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, long);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s
)
442 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
447 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
460 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
461 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
462 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
463 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
465 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
473 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
476 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
478 wrote_return_column
= true;
480 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column
)
490 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 wrote_return_column
= false;
493 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
496 if (! wrote_return_column
)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression
:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label
[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
626 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
629 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
632 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
636 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
645 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
660 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
663 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
684 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
689 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
692 if (fde_table_in_use
)
694 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static long args_size
;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static long old_args_size
;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
725 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
740 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
741 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
743 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
748 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
749 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
754 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
775 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
792 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, long int offset
)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
830 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
834 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
836 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
840 else if (sreg
== reg
)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
849 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
865 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, long int size
)
876 if (size
== old_args_size
)
879 old_args_size
= size
;
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
884 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
893 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, long int offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
920 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
936 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
944 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
950 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
981 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
982 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
990 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
991 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1003 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1014 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1016 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1023 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1032 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1034 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1060 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1062 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1063 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1064 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1065 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1066 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1067 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1068 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1071 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1075 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1076 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1077 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1080 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1082 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1083 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1084 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1085 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1086 offset
= -args_size
;
1091 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1092 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1093 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1094 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1096 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1098 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1099 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1100 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1108 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1109 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1111 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1115 args_size
+= offset
;
1119 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1120 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1121 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1126 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1127 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1128 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1130 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1132 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1137 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1139 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1140 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1143 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, long int offset
)
1145 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1147 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1149 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1150 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1152 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1156 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1158 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1160 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1166 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1167 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1171 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1173 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1175 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1176 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1183 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1184 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1185 value, not an offset. */
1186 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1188 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1189 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1190 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1193 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1194 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1195 users need not read the source code.
1197 The High-Level Picture
1199 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1200 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1201 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1202 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1203 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1205 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1206 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1207 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1208 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1209 saves. This also seems to work.
1211 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1212 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1213 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1214 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1216 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1217 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1218 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1219 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1221 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1223 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1224 consists of a register and an offset.
1225 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1226 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1227 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1228 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1229 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1230 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1231 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1233 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1234 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1235 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1238 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1239 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1240 and cfa_temp.offset.
1242 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1245 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1246 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1247 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1251 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1252 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1255 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1256 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1257 cfa.offset unchanged
1258 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1259 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1262 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1263 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1264 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1265 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1266 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1267 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1270 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1272 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1275 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1276 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1278 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1280 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1283 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1290 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1291 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1292 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1295 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1296 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1297 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1300 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1304 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1305 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1306 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1309 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1310 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1311 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1313 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1316 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1326 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1327 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1330 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1331 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1332 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1335 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1336 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1337 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1338 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1341 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1346 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1347 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1348 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1349 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1350 flag is set in them. */
1351 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1354 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1356 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1357 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1358 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1360 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1365 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1368 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1369 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1371 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1375 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1376 relative to the current CFA register. */
1377 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1379 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1381 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1387 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1388 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1389 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1390 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1391 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1392 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1393 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1399 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1403 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1406 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1409 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1411 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1417 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1419 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1420 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1422 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1424 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1425 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1427 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1430 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1432 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1433 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1434 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1435 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1437 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1440 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1441 or adjusting the FP */
1442 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1445 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1446 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1447 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1449 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1450 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1452 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1453 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1460 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1464 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1465 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1468 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1469 into the FP later on. */
1470 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1471 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1472 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1473 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1474 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1475 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1479 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1480 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1481 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1483 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1484 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1485 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1487 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1488 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1492 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1493 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1495 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1496 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1505 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1506 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1511 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1512 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1513 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1516 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1517 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1518 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1521 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1522 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1531 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1535 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1538 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1540 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1545 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1546 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1548 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1550 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1551 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1554 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1555 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1556 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1558 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1564 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1565 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1568 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1569 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1572 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1573 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1574 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1580 /* With an offset. */
1584 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1586 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1587 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1590 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1591 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1592 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1593 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1599 /* Without an offset. */
1601 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1602 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1603 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1604 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1611 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1613 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1614 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1621 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1622 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1623 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1625 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1627 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1629 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1630 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1632 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1633 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1638 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1639 calculate the CFA. */
1640 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1642 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1644 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1647 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1648 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1650 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1655 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1656 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1664 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1665 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1666 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1669 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1674 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1676 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1681 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1684 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1687 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1691 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1692 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1694 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1696 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1697 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1702 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1703 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1705 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1707 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1714 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1716 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1718 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1719 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1724 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1725 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1727 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1729 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1730 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1731 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1737 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1738 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1739 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1740 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1741 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1742 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1743 case DW_CFA_register
:
1744 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1747 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1749 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1752 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1753 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1760 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1761 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1762 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1764 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1765 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1770 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1773 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1774 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1776 case DW_CFA_register
:
1777 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1780 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1784 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1786 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1789 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1791 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1792 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1793 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1794 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1795 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1796 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1799 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1800 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1801 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1802 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1804 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1806 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1807 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1808 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1812 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1814 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1816 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1818 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1819 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1820 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1823 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1824 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1827 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1828 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1829 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1830 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1833 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1834 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1835 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1836 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1839 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1840 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1841 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1842 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1845 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1846 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1847 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1848 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1851 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1858 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1859 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1865 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1866 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1867 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1873 case DW_CFA_register
:
1874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1880 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1881 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1885 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1889 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1892 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1893 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1894 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1898 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1907 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1908 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1909 location of saved registers. */
1912 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1917 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1918 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1919 char augmentation
[6];
1920 int augmentation_size
;
1921 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1922 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1923 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1926 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1929 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1930 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1931 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1932 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1935 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1937 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1938 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1939 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1940 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1941 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= true;
1944 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1948 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1953 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1955 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1958 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1960 /* Output the CIE. */
1961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1963 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1964 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1965 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1967 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1968 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1969 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1970 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1971 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1975 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1976 augmentation_size
= 0;
1982 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1983 augmentation section.
1984 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1985 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1986 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1988 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1989 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1991 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1992 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1993 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1995 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1996 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1999 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2001 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2004 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2006 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2009 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2011 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2013 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2017 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2018 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2020 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2022 + 1 /* CIE version */
2023 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2024 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2025 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2027 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2028 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2029 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2031 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2033 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2034 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2035 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2041 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2042 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2043 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2046 if (augmentation
[0])
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2049 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2052 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2053 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2054 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2057 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2059 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2061 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2063 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2066 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2067 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2069 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2070 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2071 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2072 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2074 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2077 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2079 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2080 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2081 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2082 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2085 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2086 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2087 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2088 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2090 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2095 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2100 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2101 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2102 "FDE initial location");
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2104 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2105 "FDE address range");
2109 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2110 "FDE initial location");
2111 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2112 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2113 "FDE address range");
2116 if (augmentation
[0])
2118 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2120 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2122 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2124 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2125 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2126 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2127 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2128 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2131 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2137 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2139 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2140 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2141 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2142 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2143 "Language Specific Data Area");
2147 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2148 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2150 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2151 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2158 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2160 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2161 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2162 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2164 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2165 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2166 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2167 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2170 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2171 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2172 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2173 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2174 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2175 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2178 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2183 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2187 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2188 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2190 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2193 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2195 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2196 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2197 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2199 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2200 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2203 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2207 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2209 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2210 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2211 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2212 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2214 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2215 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2216 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2220 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2221 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2223 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2224 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2225 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2226 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2227 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2230 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2231 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2233 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2234 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2235 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2236 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2237 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2238 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2239 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2240 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2241 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2242 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2244 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2246 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2247 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2248 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2250 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2254 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2255 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2259 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2260 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2263 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2265 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2267 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2268 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2269 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2270 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2271 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2275 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2277 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2278 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2279 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2280 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2282 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2283 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2285 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2286 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2287 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2288 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2293 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2295 /* Output call frame information. */
2296 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2297 output_call_frame_info (0);
2299 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2300 output_call_frame_info (1);
2304 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2305 for emitting location expressions. */
2307 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2308 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2309 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2312 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2313 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2314 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2315 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2317 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2318 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2319 implementation are listed below. */
2324 dw_val_class_offset
,
2326 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2327 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2329 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2330 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2333 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2334 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2335 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2336 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2340 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2341 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2343 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2350 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2352 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2354 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2359 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2360 represented internally. */
2362 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2364 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2365 union dw_val_struct_union
2367 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2368 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2369 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2370 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2371 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2372 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2373 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2374 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2375 struct dw_val_die_union
2379 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2380 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2381 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2382 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2383 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2385 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2389 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2392 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2394 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2395 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2396 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2397 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2402 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2403 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2404 their entire life. */
2405 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2407 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2408 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2409 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2410 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2411 Only on head of list */
2412 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2413 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2416 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2418 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2419 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2420 unsigned long, unsigned long);
2421 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2422 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2423 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2424 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2425 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2427 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2430 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2435 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2436 return "DW_OP_addr";
2438 return "DW_OP_deref";
2440 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2442 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2444 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2446 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2448 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2452 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2454 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2456 return "DW_OP_constu";
2458 return "DW_OP_consts";
2462 return "DW_OP_drop";
2464 return "DW_OP_over";
2466 return "DW_OP_pick";
2468 return "DW_OP_swap";
2472 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2480 return "DW_OP_minus";
2492 return "DW_OP_plus";
2493 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2494 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2500 return "DW_OP_shra";
2518 return "DW_OP_skip";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2712 return "DW_OP_regx";
2714 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2716 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2718 return "DW_OP_piece";
2719 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2720 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2721 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2722 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2725 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2726 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2728 return "DW_OP_call2";
2730 return "DW_OP_call4";
2731 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2732 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2733 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2734 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2736 return "OP_<unknown>";
2740 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2741 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2742 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2744 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2745 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, long unsigned int oprnd1
,
2746 long unsigned int oprnd2
)
2748 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2750 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2751 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2752 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2753 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2754 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2760 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2763 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2765 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2767 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2768 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2774 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2776 static unsigned long
2777 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2779 unsigned long size
= 1;
2781 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2785 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2804 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2807 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2813 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2851 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2854 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2857 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2860 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2861 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2864 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2877 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2889 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2893 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2895 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2896 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2902 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2905 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2907 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2908 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2910 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2912 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2914 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2922 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2926 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2928 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2935 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2936 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2940 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2953 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2954 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2955 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2956 only doing unwinding. */
2961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2964 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2967 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2972 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3007 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3010 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3013 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3022 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3023 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3028 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3029 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3031 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3038 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3043 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3046 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3048 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3050 /* Output the opcode. */
3051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3052 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3054 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3055 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3059 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3060 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3063 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3065 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3068 /* Output the size of the block. */
3069 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3070 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3073 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3074 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3077 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3078 a dw_cfa_location. */
3080 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3081 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3083 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3085 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3088 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3091 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3093 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3095 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3096 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3100 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3101 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3102 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3103 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3105 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3106 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3112 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3113 descriptor sequence. */
3116 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3118 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3120 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3124 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3126 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3162 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3165 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3199 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3200 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3203 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3204 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3209 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3210 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3213 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3214 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3218 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3220 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3221 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3223 /* .debug_str support. */
3224 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3226 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3227 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3228 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3229 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3230 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3231 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3232 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3233 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3234 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3235 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3236 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3238 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3240 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3246 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3247 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3248 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3249 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3250 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3251 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3252 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3253 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3254 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3255 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3256 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3257 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3258 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3259 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3260 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3261 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3262 something tries to reference them. */
3263 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3264 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3265 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3269 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3270 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3271 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3273 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3274 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3275 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3276 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3278 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3279 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3281 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3283 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3285 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3286 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3287 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3288 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3289 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3291 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3292 line number associated with the label generated for that
3293 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3294 the line number entry. */
3296 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3298 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3299 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3303 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3305 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3307 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3308 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3309 unsigned long function
;
3311 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3313 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3314 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3315 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3317 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3319 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3320 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3321 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3325 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3327 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3329 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3331 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3332 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3333 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3335 dw_offset die_offset
;
3336 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3341 /* The pubname structure */
3343 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3350 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3355 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3356 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3360 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3364 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3365 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3366 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3369 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3370 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3372 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3373 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3374 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3375 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3376 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3377 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3379 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3380 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3381 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3382 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3383 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3384 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3385 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3386 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3387 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3388 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3390 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3391 language, and compiler version. */
3393 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3394 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3395 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3397 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3398 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3400 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3401 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3402 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3403 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3404 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3406 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3407 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3408 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3409 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3410 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3411 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3413 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3414 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3415 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3416 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3418 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3422 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3423 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3424 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3426 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3427 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3429 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3430 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3432 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3433 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3434 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3435 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3436 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3438 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3439 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3440 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3441 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3444 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3445 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3447 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3448 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3450 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3451 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3452 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3453 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3455 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3456 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3457 number identifying each decl. */
3458 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3460 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3461 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3463 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3464 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3466 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3468 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3470 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3471 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3472 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3473 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3474 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3476 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3477 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3479 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3480 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3482 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3483 abbrev_die_table. */
3484 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3486 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3487 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3488 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3489 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3491 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3492 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3494 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3495 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3497 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3498 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3499 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3500 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3502 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3503 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3505 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3506 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3508 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3510 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3512 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3513 accessible names. */
3514 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3516 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3517 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3519 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3522 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3524 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3526 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3527 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3529 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3530 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3532 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3533 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3535 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3537 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3539 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3540 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3542 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3543 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3545 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3546 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3548 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3550 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3552 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3553 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3555 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3556 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3557 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3559 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3560 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3563 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3564 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3566 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3567 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3569 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3571 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3573 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3574 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3575 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3576 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3577 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3578 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3580 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3582 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3583 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3584 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3585 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3586 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3587 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3588 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3589 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, long);
3590 static inline long int AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3591 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3592 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3593 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3595 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3596 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3597 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3598 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3599 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3600 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3601 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3602 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3603 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3604 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3605 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3606 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3607 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3608 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3610 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3611 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3612 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3614 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3615 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3616 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3618 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3619 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3620 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3621 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3622 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3623 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3624 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3625 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3626 static bool is_c_family (void);
3627 static bool is_cxx (void);
3628 static bool is_java (void);
3629 static bool is_fortran (void);
3630 static bool is_ada (void);
3631 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3632 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3633 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3634 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3635 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3636 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3637 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3638 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3639 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3640 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3641 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3642 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3643 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3644 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3645 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3646 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3647 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3648 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3649 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3650 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3651 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3652 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3653 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3654 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3655 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3656 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3657 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3658 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3659 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3660 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3661 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3662 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3663 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3664 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3665 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3666 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3667 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3668 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3669 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3670 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3672 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3673 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3674 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3675 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3676 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3677 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3678 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3679 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3680 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3681 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3682 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3683 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3684 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3685 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3686 static void output_pubnames (void);
3687 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3688 static void output_aranges (void);
3689 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3690 static void output_ranges (void);
3691 static void output_line_info (void);
3692 static void output_file_names (void);
3693 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3694 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3695 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3696 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3697 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
);
3698 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3699 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3700 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3701 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3702 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3703 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3704 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3705 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, long);
3706 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3707 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3708 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3709 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3710 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3711 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3712 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3713 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3714 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3715 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3716 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3717 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3719 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3720 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3721 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3722 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3723 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3724 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3725 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3726 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3727 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3728 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3729 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3730 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3731 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3732 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3733 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3735 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3736 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3737 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3738 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3739 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3740 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3741 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3742 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3743 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3745 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3747 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3748 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3750 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3754 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3757 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3759 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3761 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3763 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3764 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3766 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3767 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3770 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3773 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3776 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3777 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3778 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3779 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3780 static void init_file_table (void);
3781 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3782 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3783 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3784 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3785 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3786 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3787 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3788 const char *, const char *,
3790 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3791 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3793 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3794 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3795 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3796 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3797 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3798 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3799 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3801 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3802 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3803 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3805 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3806 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3808 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3809 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3811 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3812 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3814 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3815 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3817 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3818 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3820 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3821 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3823 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3824 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3826 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3827 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3830 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3831 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3832 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3835 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3836 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3837 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3838 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3841 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3842 the section names themselves. */
3844 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3845 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3847 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3848 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3850 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3851 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3853 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3854 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3856 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3857 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3859 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3860 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3862 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3863 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3866 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3867 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3868 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3869 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3870 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3872 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3873 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3874 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3875 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3876 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3877 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3878 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3879 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3881 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3882 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3884 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3885 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3887 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3888 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3890 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3891 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3893 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3894 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3897 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3898 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3900 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3903 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3905 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3908 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3911 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3913 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3914 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3915 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3918 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3922 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3924 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3926 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3927 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3928 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3929 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3931 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3932 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3933 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3938 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3941 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3943 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3945 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3946 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3949 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3952 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3956 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3957 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3958 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3959 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3960 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3961 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3962 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3963 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3964 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3965 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3966 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3967 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3968 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3969 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3971 return "DW_TAG_label";
3972 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3973 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3975 return "DW_TAG_member";
3976 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3977 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3978 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3979 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3980 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3981 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3982 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3983 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3984 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3985 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3986 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3987 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3988 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3989 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3990 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3991 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3992 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3993 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3994 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3995 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3996 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3997 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3998 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3999 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4000 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4001 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4002 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4003 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4005 return "DW_TAG_module";
4006 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4007 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4008 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4009 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4010 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4011 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4012 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4013 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4014 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4015 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4016 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4017 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4018 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4019 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4020 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4021 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4022 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4023 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4024 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4025 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4026 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4027 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4029 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4030 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4031 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4032 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4033 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4034 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4035 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4036 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4038 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4040 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4042 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4043 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4046 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4048 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4050 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4052 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4054 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4056 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4058 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4060 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4062 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4065 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4069 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4072 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4077 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4078 case DW_AT_location
:
4079 return "DW_AT_location";
4081 return "DW_AT_name";
4082 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4083 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4084 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4085 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4086 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4087 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4088 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4089 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4090 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4091 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4092 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4093 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4094 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4095 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4097 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4099 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4100 case DW_AT_language
:
4101 return "DW_AT_language";
4103 return "DW_AT_member";
4105 return "DW_AT_discr";
4106 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4107 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4108 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4109 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4111 return "DW_AT_import";
4112 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4113 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4114 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4115 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4116 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4117 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4118 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4119 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4120 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4121 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4122 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4123 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4125 return "DW_AT_inline";
4126 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4127 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4128 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4129 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4130 case DW_AT_producer
:
4131 return "DW_AT_producer";
4132 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4133 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4134 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4135 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4136 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4137 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4138 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4139 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4140 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4141 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4142 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4143 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4144 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4145 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4146 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4147 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4148 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4149 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4150 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4151 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4152 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4153 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4155 return "DW_AT_count";
4156 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4157 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4158 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4159 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4160 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4161 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4162 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4163 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4164 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4165 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4166 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4167 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4168 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4169 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4170 case DW_AT_external
:
4171 return "DW_AT_external";
4172 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4173 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4175 return "DW_AT_friend";
4176 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4177 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4178 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4179 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4180 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4181 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4182 case DW_AT_priority
:
4183 return "DW_AT_priority";
4185 return "DW_AT_segment";
4186 case DW_AT_specification
:
4187 return "DW_AT_specification";
4188 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4189 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4191 return "DW_AT_type";
4192 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4193 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4194 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4195 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4196 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4197 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4198 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4199 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4201 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4202 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4203 case DW_AT_associated
:
4204 return "DW_AT_associated";
4205 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4206 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4208 return "DW_AT_stride";
4209 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4210 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4211 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4212 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4213 case DW_AT_extension
:
4214 return "DW_AT_extension";
4216 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4217 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4218 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4219 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4220 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4221 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4222 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4223 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4224 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4226 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4227 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4228 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4229 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4230 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4231 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4232 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4233 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4234 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4235 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4236 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4237 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4238 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4239 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4240 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4241 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4242 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4243 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4244 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4245 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4246 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4247 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4249 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4250 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4251 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4252 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4253 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4254 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4255 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4256 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4257 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4258 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4259 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4260 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4261 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4262 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4264 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4265 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4268 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4272 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4275 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4280 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4281 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4282 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4283 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4284 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4286 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4288 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4290 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4291 case DW_FORM_string
:
4292 return "DW_FORM_string";
4294 return "DW_FORM_block";
4295 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4296 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4298 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4300 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4302 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4304 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4306 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4307 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4308 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4310 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4312 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4314 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4316 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4317 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4318 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4319 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4320 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4322 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4326 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4330 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4334 case DW_ATE_address
:
4335 return "DW_ATE_address";
4336 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4337 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4338 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4339 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4341 return "DW_ATE_float";
4343 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4344 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4345 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4346 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4347 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4348 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4349 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4351 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4356 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4357 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4358 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4359 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4363 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4365 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4366 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4367 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4368 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4371 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4372 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4373 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4374 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4378 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4381 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4382 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4383 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4384 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4388 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4390 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4392 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4393 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4394 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4395 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4398 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4403 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4407 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4408 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4409 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4411 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4417 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4418 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4422 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4424 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4426 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4427 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4429 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4430 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4432 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4433 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4438 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4439 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4442 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4444 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4446 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4447 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4451 static inline enum dw_val_class
4452 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4454 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4457 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4460 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4462 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4464 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4465 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4466 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4467 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4468 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4471 static inline unsigned
4472 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4474 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4475 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4480 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4483 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long int int_val
)
4485 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4487 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4488 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4489 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4490 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4491 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4494 static inline long int
4495 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4497 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4498 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4503 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4506 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4507 long unsigned int unsigned_val
)
4509 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4511 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4512 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4513 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4514 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4515 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4518 static inline unsigned long
4519 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4521 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4522 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4527 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4530 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4531 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4533 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4535 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4536 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4537 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4538 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4539 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4540 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4543 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4546 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4547 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4549 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4551 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4552 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4553 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4554 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4555 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4556 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4559 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4562 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4564 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4568 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4570 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4571 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4574 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4577 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4579 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4580 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4583 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4584 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4585 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4587 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4588 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4590 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4591 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4592 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4595 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4596 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4597 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4598 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4599 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4602 static inline const char *
4603 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4605 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4606 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4611 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4612 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4615 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4617 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4619 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4623 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4627 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4629 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4630 always better to put it inline. */
4631 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4632 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4634 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4635 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4637 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4638 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4639 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4641 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4642 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4643 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4645 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4651 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4654 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4656 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4658 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4659 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4660 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4661 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4662 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4663 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4666 static inline dw_die_ref
4667 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4669 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4670 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4676 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4678 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4679 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4685 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4687 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4688 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4693 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4696 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4698 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4700 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4701 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4702 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4703 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4704 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4707 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4710 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4712 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4714 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4715 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4716 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4717 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4718 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4721 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4722 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4724 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4725 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4731 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4733 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4735 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4736 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4737 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4738 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4739 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4740 have_location_lists
= 1;
4743 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4744 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4746 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4747 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4752 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4755 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4757 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4759 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4760 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4761 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4762 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4763 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4767 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4769 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4770 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4775 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4778 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4780 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4782 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4783 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4784 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4785 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4786 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4789 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4792 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4794 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4796 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4797 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4798 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4799 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4800 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4803 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4806 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long unsigned int offset
)
4808 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4810 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4811 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4812 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4814 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4817 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4820 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4821 long unsigned int offset
)
4823 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4825 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4826 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4828 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4829 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4832 static inline const char *
4833 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4835 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4836 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4837 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4842 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4844 static inline dw_attr_ref
4845 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4848 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4852 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4853 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4855 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4856 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4860 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4866 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4867 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4868 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4870 static inline const char *
4871 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4873 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4875 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4878 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4879 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4880 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4882 static inline const char *
4883 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4885 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4887 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4890 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4891 NULL if it is not present. */
4893 static inline const char *
4894 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4896 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4898 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4901 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4902 if it is not present. */
4905 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4907 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4909 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4912 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4913 if it is not present. */
4915 static inline unsigned
4916 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4918 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4920 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4923 static inline dw_die_ref
4924 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4926 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4928 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4931 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4936 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4938 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4939 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4942 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4947 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4948 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4951 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4956 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4958 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4961 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4966 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4968 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4971 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4976 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4978 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
4981 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4983 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
4985 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
4987 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4988 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4989 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4992 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4995 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4998 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5002 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5003 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5006 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5015 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5018 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5020 remove_children (die
);
5023 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5026 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5028 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5030 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5032 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5034 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5037 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5039 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5041 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5043 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5051 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5052 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5055 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5057 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5059 if (die
== child_die
)
5062 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5063 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5064 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5068 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5069 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5072 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5076 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5077 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5078 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5080 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5086 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5087 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5090 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5093 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5097 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5098 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5099 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5102 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5104 static inline dw_die_ref
5105 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5107 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5109 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5111 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5112 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5115 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5117 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5118 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5119 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5120 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5121 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5127 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5129 static inline dw_die_ref
5130 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5132 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5135 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5138 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5140 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5143 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5145 static inline dw_die_ref
5146 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5148 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5150 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5153 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5156 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5158 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5159 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5161 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5164 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5165 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5166 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5168 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5169 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5171 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5172 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5173 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5176 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5177 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5179 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5182 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5183 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5184 the DIE internal representation. */
5185 static int print_indent
;
5187 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5190 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5192 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5195 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5196 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5199 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5204 print_spaces (outfile
);
5205 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5206 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5207 print_spaces (outfile
);
5208 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5209 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5211 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5213 print_spaces (outfile
);
5214 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5216 switch (AT_class (a
))
5218 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5219 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5221 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5222 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5224 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5225 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5227 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5228 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5229 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5231 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5232 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5234 case dw_val_class_const
:
5235 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5237 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5238 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5240 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5241 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5242 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5243 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5245 case dw_val_class_float
:
5246 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5248 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5249 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5251 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5252 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5254 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5255 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5257 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5260 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5262 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5263 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5264 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5266 case dw_val_class_str
:
5267 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5268 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5270 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5276 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5279 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5282 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5283 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5287 if (print_indent
== 0)
5288 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5291 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5292 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5295 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5298 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5300 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5301 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5303 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5304 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5305 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5306 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5307 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5308 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5311 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5314 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5317 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5319 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5322 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5323 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5329 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5330 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5331 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5334 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5335 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5336 they are in order of addition. */
5339 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5341 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5342 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5344 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5346 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5347 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5353 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5360 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5363 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5364 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5365 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5366 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5367 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5370 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5374 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5376 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5377 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5380 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5381 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5382 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5385 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5387 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5388 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5390 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5394 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5397 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5399 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5401 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5405 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5406 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5408 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5411 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5413 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5414 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5415 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5418 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5421 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5423 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5426 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5428 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5429 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5430 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5431 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5432 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5435 switch (AT_class (at
))
5437 case dw_val_class_const
:
5438 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5440 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5441 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5443 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5444 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5446 case dw_val_class_float
:
5447 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5449 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5450 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5452 case dw_val_class_str
:
5453 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5456 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5458 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5461 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5469 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5470 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5473 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5474 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5475 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5478 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5479 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5482 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5483 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5484 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5492 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5495 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5500 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5503 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5506 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5508 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5510 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5511 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5513 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5514 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5518 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5520 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5522 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5524 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5525 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5526 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5529 /* Do the values look the same? */
5531 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5533 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5537 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5540 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5542 case dw_val_class_const
:
5543 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5544 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5545 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5546 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5547 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5548 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5549 case dw_val_class_float
:
5550 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5552 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5553 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5556 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5557 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5558 case dw_val_class_str
:
5559 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5561 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5562 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5563 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5564 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5566 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5569 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5575 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5576 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5578 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5579 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5581 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5582 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5584 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5586 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5587 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5589 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5590 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5591 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5599 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5602 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5604 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5607 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5608 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5609 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5610 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5611 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5614 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5617 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5620 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5625 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5627 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5628 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5630 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5633 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5635 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5636 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5641 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5643 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5644 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5652 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5655 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5658 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5660 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5661 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5666 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5668 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5670 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5671 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5673 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5674 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5677 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5679 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5680 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5681 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5684 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5687 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5688 the name filename of the unit. */
5690 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5692 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5693 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5694 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5696 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5697 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5699 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5700 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5702 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5706 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5707 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5710 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5713 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5715 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5717 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5718 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5719 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5720 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5721 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5722 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5723 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5724 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5725 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5726 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5727 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5728 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5729 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5730 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5731 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5732 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5733 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5734 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5741 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5742 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5743 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5744 compilations (functions). */
5747 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5749 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5750 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5751 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5752 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5754 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5757 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5758 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5759 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5760 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5762 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5764 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5767 return is_type_die (c
);
5770 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5771 compilation unit. */
5774 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5776 return (is_type_die (c
)
5777 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5778 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5782 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5786 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5787 return xstrdup (buf
);
5790 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5793 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5797 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5799 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5801 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5803 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5804 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5805 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5808 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5811 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5812 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5815 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5818 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5819 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5822 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5824 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5826 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5828 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5832 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5834 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5835 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5837 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5841 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5843 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5853 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5856 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5858 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5859 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5861 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5863 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5864 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5868 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5870 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5876 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5880 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5882 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5883 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5889 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5891 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5893 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5895 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5896 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5900 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5903 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5904 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5905 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5908 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5911 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5912 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5913 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5915 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5917 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5919 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5920 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5922 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5925 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5927 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5930 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5932 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5936 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5940 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5941 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5947 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5948 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5953 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5954 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5955 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5961 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5962 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5963 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5964 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5966 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5969 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5970 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5971 comdat_symbol_number
);
5974 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
5977 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5978 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5979 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5982 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
5986 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5987 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5988 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5989 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5991 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5992 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5995 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5998 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6003 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6004 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6005 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6007 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6008 output_location_lists (c
);
6012 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6013 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6014 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6015 die are visited recursively. */
6018 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6020 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6021 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6023 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6025 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6026 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6027 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6028 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6029 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6031 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6034 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6037 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6039 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6041 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6043 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6045 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6046 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6048 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6050 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6051 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6054 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6055 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6058 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6064 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6066 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6068 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6069 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6070 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6072 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6073 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6074 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6077 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6078 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6081 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6082 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6083 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6086 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6089 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6096 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6099 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6104 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6105 .debug_info section. */
6107 static unsigned long
6108 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6110 unsigned long size
= 0;
6113 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6114 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6116 switch (AT_class (a
))
6118 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6119 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6121 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6122 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6124 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6126 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6129 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6133 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6134 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6136 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6137 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6139 case dw_val_class_const
:
6140 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6142 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6143 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6145 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6146 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6148 case dw_val_class_float
:
6149 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6151 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6154 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6155 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6156 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6158 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6160 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6161 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6163 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6164 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6166 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6167 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6169 case dw_val_class_str
:
6170 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6171 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6173 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6183 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6184 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6185 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6186 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6189 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6193 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6194 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6196 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6199 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6200 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6201 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6204 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6205 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6206 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6207 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6210 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6218 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6222 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6225 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6233 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6237 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6240 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6249 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6250 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6252 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6253 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6254 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6257 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6258 compilation unit. */
6260 static unsigned long
6261 size_of_pubnames (void)
6266 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6267 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6269 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6270 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6273 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6277 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6279 static unsigned long
6280 size_of_aranges (void)
6284 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6286 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6287 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6288 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6290 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6291 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6295 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6297 static enum dwarf_form
6298 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6300 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6302 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6303 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6304 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6305 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6306 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6307 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6308 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6309 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6311 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6312 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6313 .debug_loc section */
6314 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6315 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6316 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6319 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6321 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6325 case dw_val_class_const
:
6326 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6327 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6328 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6331 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6333 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6335 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6337 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6341 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6342 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6343 case dw_val_class_float
:
6344 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6345 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6346 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6347 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6348 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6349 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6352 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6353 return DW_FORM_data
;
6354 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6355 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6356 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6357 return DW_FORM_data
;
6358 case dw_val_class_str
:
6359 return AT_string_form (a
);
6366 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6369 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6371 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6373 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6376 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6380 output_abbrev_section (void)
6382 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6386 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6388 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6390 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6391 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6392 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6394 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6395 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6397 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6399 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6400 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6402 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6403 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6404 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6411 /* Terminate the table. */
6412 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6415 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6418 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6420 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6425 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6426 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6427 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6429 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6431 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6434 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6435 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6436 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6438 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6439 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6440 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6442 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6444 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6446 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6447 retlist
->section
= section
;
6449 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6454 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6457 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6458 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6459 const char *section
)
6463 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6464 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6467 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6468 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6471 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6474 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6476 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6478 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6480 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6481 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6482 in more than one section. */
6483 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6485 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6486 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6487 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6488 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6489 "Location list base address specifier base");
6492 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6496 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6497 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6498 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6499 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6500 "Location list end address (%s)",
6501 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6502 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6504 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6507 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6509 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6512 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6513 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6514 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6515 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6516 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6517 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6520 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6521 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6524 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6530 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6531 them to point to. */
6532 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6533 output_die_symbol (die
);
6535 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6536 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6538 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6540 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6542 switch (AT_class (a
))
6544 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6545 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6548 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6549 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6553 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6555 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6557 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6558 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6564 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6565 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6567 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6568 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6570 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6573 case dw_val_class_const
:
6574 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6575 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6576 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6577 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6580 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6581 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6582 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6585 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6587 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6589 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6590 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6593 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6595 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6596 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6600 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6601 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6604 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6605 first
, "long long constant");
6606 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6611 case dw_val_class_float
:
6615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6618 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6620 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6624 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6628 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6630 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6634 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6635 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6639 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6640 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6642 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6646 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6648 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6651 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6655 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6660 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6661 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6665 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6666 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6669 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6670 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6673 case dw_val_class_str
:
6674 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6675 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6676 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6677 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6679 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6687 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6690 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6691 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6696 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6697 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6700 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6702 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6703 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6704 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6705 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6706 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6707 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6708 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6709 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6710 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6711 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6714 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6717 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6719 const char *secname
;
6722 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6723 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6726 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6727 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6728 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6729 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6730 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6733 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6735 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6736 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6737 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6739 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6742 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6744 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6746 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6749 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6751 /* Output debugging information. */
6752 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6753 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6756 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6761 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6765 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6766 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6767 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6770 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6772 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6775 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6778 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6782 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6785 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6787 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6789 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6790 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6791 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6792 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6795 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6797 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6800 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6801 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6802 visible procedures. */
6805 output_pubnames (void)
6808 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6810 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6811 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6812 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6813 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6814 "Length of Public Names Info");
6815 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6816 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6817 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6818 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6819 "Compilation Unit Length");
6821 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6823 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6825 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6826 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6829 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6832 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6835 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6838 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6841 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6843 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6846 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6848 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6849 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6850 (arange_table_allocated
6851 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6852 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6853 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6856 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6859 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6860 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6861 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6864 output_aranges (void)
6867 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6869 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6870 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6871 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6872 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6873 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6874 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6875 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6876 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6877 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6878 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6880 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6881 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6883 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6885 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6886 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6887 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6888 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6891 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6892 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6893 text_section_label
, "Length");
6895 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6897 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6899 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6900 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6903 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6905 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6907 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6908 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6912 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6913 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6914 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6915 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6916 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6918 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6922 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6925 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6926 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6927 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6928 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6933 /* Output the terminator words. */
6934 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6935 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6938 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6942 add_ranges (tree block
)
6944 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6946 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6948 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6950 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6951 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6952 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6953 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6956 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6957 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6959 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6963 output_ranges (void)
6966 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6967 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6969 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6971 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6975 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6976 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6979 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6981 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6982 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6983 base of the text section. */
6984 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6986 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6988 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6989 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6990 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6993 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6994 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6995 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6996 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6999 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7000 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7001 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7008 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7009 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7015 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7018 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7019 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7020 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7021 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7022 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7025 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7029 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7030 int length
; /* Path length. */
7031 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7032 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7033 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7034 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7037 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7038 the directories in the path. */
7041 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7043 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7044 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7048 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7049 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7050 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7051 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7052 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7053 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7054 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7056 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7057 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7063 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7064 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7065 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7066 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7067 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7069 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7070 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7075 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7076 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7077 slowdowns with many input files. */
7080 output_file_names (void)
7082 struct file_info
*files
;
7083 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7092 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7093 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7096 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7100 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7101 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7102 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7104 /* Sort the file names. */
7105 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7109 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7110 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7111 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7114 /* Create a new array entry. */
7116 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7117 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7119 /* Search for the file name part. */
7120 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7121 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7124 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7125 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7127 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7128 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7129 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7130 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7132 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7134 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7137 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7138 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7139 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7140 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7142 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7143 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7144 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7150 /* This is a new directory. */
7151 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7152 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7153 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7154 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7155 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7156 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7158 /* Search for a prefix. */
7159 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7160 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7161 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7162 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7163 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7164 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7165 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7166 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7171 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7172 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7173 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7174 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7175 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7176 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7177 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7178 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7180 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7181 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7186 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7187 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7188 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7189 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7191 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7194 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7196 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7201 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7206 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7207 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7209 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7210 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7215 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7217 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7219 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7220 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7221 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7223 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7224 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7226 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7227 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7232 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7233 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7234 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7235 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7236 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7238 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7240 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7241 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7244 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7245 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7246 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7247 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7248 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7250 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7251 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7252 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7254 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7255 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7256 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7261 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7263 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7266 /* Now write all the file names. */
7267 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7269 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7270 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7272 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7273 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7275 /* Include directory index. */
7276 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7278 /* Modification time. */
7279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7281 /* File length in bytes. */
7282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7289 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7290 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7293 output_line_info (void)
7295 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7296 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7297 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7300 unsigned long lt_index
;
7301 unsigned long current_line
;
7304 unsigned long current_file
;
7305 unsigned long function
;
7307 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7308 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7309 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7310 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7312 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7313 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7314 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7315 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7316 "Length of Source Line Info");
7317 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7320 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7321 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7323 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7324 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7325 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7326 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7327 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7328 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7329 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7330 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7332 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7334 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7335 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7336 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7337 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7339 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7341 "Special Opcode Base");
7343 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7347 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7348 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7349 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7350 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7351 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7363 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7364 output_file_names ();
7365 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7367 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7368 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7369 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7371 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7372 a series of state machine operations. */
7375 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7376 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7378 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7381 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7382 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7385 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7386 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7387 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7388 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7389 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7393 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7395 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7396 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7397 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7398 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7399 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7400 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7402 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7405 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7407 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7408 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7412 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7413 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7414 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7415 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7416 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7417 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7420 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7422 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7423 different from the previous line. */
7424 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7426 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7428 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7429 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7433 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7434 that uses the least amount of space. */
7435 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7437 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7438 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7439 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7440 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7441 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7442 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7445 "line %lu", current_line
);
7448 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7449 depending on the value being encoded. */
7450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7451 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7452 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7457 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7461 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7465 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7466 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7471 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7472 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7473 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7477 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7478 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7483 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7485 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7486 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7489 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7490 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7491 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7492 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7496 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7497 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7498 to handle it differently. */
7499 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7501 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7503 function
= line_info
->function
;
7505 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7509 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7513 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7517 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7518 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7523 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7525 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7529 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7531 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7532 different from the previous line. */
7533 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7535 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7536 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7537 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7538 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7542 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7543 that uses the least amount of space. */
7544 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7546 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7547 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7548 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7549 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7551 "line %lu", current_line
);
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7555 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7556 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7561 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7569 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7570 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7571 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7576 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7577 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7581 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7582 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7587 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7588 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7589 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7592 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7593 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7594 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7599 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7600 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7603 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7604 a DIE that describes the given type.
7606 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7607 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7610 base_type_die (tree type
)
7612 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7613 const char *type_name
;
7614 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7615 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7617 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7622 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7623 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7625 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7628 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7630 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7633 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7634 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7635 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7637 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7638 && (type
== char_type_node
7639 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7640 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7642 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7643 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7645 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7648 /* else fall through. */
7651 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7652 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7653 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7655 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7659 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7662 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7663 a user defined type for it. */
7665 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7666 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7668 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7672 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7673 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7677 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7681 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7682 if (demangle_name_func
)
7683 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7685 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7686 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7687 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7688 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7690 return base_type_result
;
7693 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7694 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7695 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7696 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7697 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7698 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7699 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7700 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7703 root_type (tree type
)
7705 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7706 return error_mark_node
;
7708 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7711 return error_mark_node
;
7714 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7715 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7718 return type_main_variant (type
);
7722 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7723 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7726 is_base_type (tree type
)
7728 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7743 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7748 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7762 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7763 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7764 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7765 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7768 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7769 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7771 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7772 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7773 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7775 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7776 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7778 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7781 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7782 emitted as a subrange type. */
7785 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7787 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
7788 we are compiling Ada code. */
7789 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7790 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
7791 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7792 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
7795 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7796 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7799 subrange_type_die (tree type
)
7801 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7802 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7803 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7805 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7807 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7808 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7810 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7811 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7812 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7813 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7814 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7815 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7816 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7817 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7818 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7820 return subrange_die
;
7823 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7824 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7827 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7828 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7830 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7831 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7832 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7833 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7835 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7837 tree qualified_type
;
7839 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7842 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7843 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7845 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7847 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7850 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7852 return mod_type_die
;
7855 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7856 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7857 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7858 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7860 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7861 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7863 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7865 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7866 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7867 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7869 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7870 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7871 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7872 type to which it refers. */
7874 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7875 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7878 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7884 else if (is_const_type
)
7886 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7887 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7889 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7891 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7892 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7894 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7896 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7897 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7898 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7900 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7902 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7904 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7906 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7907 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7908 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7910 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7912 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7914 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7915 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
7916 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7917 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7920 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7922 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7923 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7924 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7925 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7926 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7928 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7929 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7931 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7932 not the main variant. */
7933 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7934 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7938 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7939 type
= qualified_type
;
7943 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7945 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7946 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7947 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7948 types are possible in Ada. */
7949 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7950 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7951 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7954 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7955 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7957 return mod_type_die
;
7960 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7961 an enumerated type. */
7964 type_is_enum (tree type
)
7966 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7969 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7972 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
7974 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7976 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7979 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7982 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7983 zero if there is none. */
7985 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7986 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
7991 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7994 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7995 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
7997 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
7999 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8001 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8004 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8005 a given hard register number. */
8007 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8008 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8011 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8013 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8016 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8017 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8019 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8020 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8024 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8026 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8027 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8029 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8030 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8032 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8039 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8040 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8041 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8047 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8049 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8052 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8055 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8059 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8060 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8061 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8062 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8067 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8069 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8070 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8072 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8074 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8075 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8079 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8082 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8084 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8094 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8096 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8097 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8103 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8106 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8108 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8109 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
8111 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8112 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8113 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8115 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8116 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8117 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8120 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8122 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8124 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8129 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8132 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8134 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8135 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8136 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8137 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8140 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8141 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8142 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8143 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8145 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8146 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8147 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8148 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8150 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8151 autoincrement addressing modes.
8153 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8155 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8156 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8158 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8160 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8161 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8162 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8163 zeroth element of the array. */
8165 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8167 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8172 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8173 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8175 /* ... fall through ... */
8178 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8179 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8180 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8181 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8182 contains the given subreg. */
8183 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8185 /* ... fall through ... */
8188 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8189 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8190 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8191 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8192 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8193 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8194 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8195 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8196 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8197 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8198 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8199 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8200 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8201 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8202 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8206 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8207 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8208 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8212 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8214 /* ... fall through ... */
8217 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8218 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8222 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8223 by a different symbol. */
8224 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8227 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8229 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8232 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8233 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8238 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8239 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8240 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8241 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8246 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8247 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8248 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8249 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8253 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8255 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8260 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8262 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8263 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8264 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8265 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8267 /* ... fall through ... */
8271 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8272 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8273 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8276 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8277 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8280 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8281 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8283 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8284 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8287 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8288 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8289 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8290 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8297 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8298 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8299 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8300 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8302 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8305 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8306 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8307 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8312 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8316 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8318 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8319 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8327 return mem_loc_result
;
8330 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8331 This is typically a complex variable. */
8333 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8334 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8336 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8337 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8338 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8340 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8343 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8344 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8345 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8346 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8348 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8349 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8350 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8351 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8353 return cc_loc_result
;
8356 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8357 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8358 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8359 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8360 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8362 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8364 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8365 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8367 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8369 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8372 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8373 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8374 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8375 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8376 contains the given subreg. */
8377 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8379 /* ... fall through ... */
8382 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8386 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8390 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8400 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8401 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8402 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8403 descriptor, return 0. */
8405 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8406 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8408 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8410 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8411 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8413 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8414 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8417 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8422 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8423 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8424 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8425 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8426 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8427 the names of types. */
8434 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8435 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8436 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8437 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8438 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8439 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8440 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8441 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8444 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8445 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8449 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8453 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8454 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8458 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8459 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8460 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8463 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8464 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8467 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8469 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8470 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8473 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8474 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8475 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8477 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8478 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8487 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8489 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8491 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8493 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8494 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8495 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8500 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8502 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8505 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8508 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8514 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8519 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8523 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8524 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8527 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8532 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8535 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8536 enum machine_mode mode
;
8539 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8540 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8545 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8547 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8550 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8552 /* Variable offset. */
8553 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8554 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8560 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8562 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8563 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8565 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8566 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8572 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8573 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8580 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8581 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8582 enum machine_mode mode
;
8584 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8586 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8587 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8589 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8592 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8596 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8597 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8602 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8608 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8613 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8615 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8616 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8624 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8626 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8627 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8640 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8644 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8645 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8647 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8651 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8652 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8653 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8663 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8670 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8677 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8684 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8699 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8700 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8701 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8704 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8705 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8708 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8722 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8726 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8730 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8731 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8732 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8733 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8735 /* ... fall through ... */
8739 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8740 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8741 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8742 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8743 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8745 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8746 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8749 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8750 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8752 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8753 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8754 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8756 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8757 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8758 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8760 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8761 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8762 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8763 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8764 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8769 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8770 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8771 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8772 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8775 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8776 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8780 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8781 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8784 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8785 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8787 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8789 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8791 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8794 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8796 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8802 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8803 which is not less than the value itself. */
8805 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8806 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8808 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8811 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8812 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8813 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8817 field_type (tree decl
)
8821 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8822 return integer_type_node
;
8824 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8825 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8826 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8831 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8832 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8833 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8835 static inline unsigned
8836 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8838 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8841 static inline unsigned
8842 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8844 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8847 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8848 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8849 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8850 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8851 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8854 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8855 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8857 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8858 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8860 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8862 tree field_size_tree
;
8863 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8864 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8865 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8867 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8869 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8872 type
= field_type (decl
);
8873 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8875 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8876 a flexible array member. */
8877 if (! field_size_tree
)
8878 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8880 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8881 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8882 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8883 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8886 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8888 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8889 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8890 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8892 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8894 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8895 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8896 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8898 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8899 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8900 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8901 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8902 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8903 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8904 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8905 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8907 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8909 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8910 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8911 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8912 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8913 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8914 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8915 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8916 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8917 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8918 bits of the bit-field itself.
8920 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8921 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8922 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8923 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8924 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8925 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8926 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8927 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8928 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8930 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8931 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8932 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8933 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8934 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8935 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8937 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8938 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8939 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8941 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8942 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8943 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8945 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8946 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8947 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8948 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8950 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8952 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8953 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8955 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8956 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8957 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8958 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8961 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8964 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8965 associated with them. */
8967 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8969 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8970 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8971 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8974 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
8975 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
8978 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8981 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8982 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8983 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8984 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8985 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8986 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8989 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8990 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8991 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8992 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8993 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8994 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8995 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8996 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8997 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9001 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9004 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9006 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9008 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9009 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9011 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9012 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9013 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9014 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9016 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9018 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9020 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9022 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9023 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9024 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9026 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9027 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9028 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9030 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9031 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9035 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9036 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9037 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9038 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9040 /* Extract the offset. */
9041 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9042 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9044 /* Add it to the object address. */
9045 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9046 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9049 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9052 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9056 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9058 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9059 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9060 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9062 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9063 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9064 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9068 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9071 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9074 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9077 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9078 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9079 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9080 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9081 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9084 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9086 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9089 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9090 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9091 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9092 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9093 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9095 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9097 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9098 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9099 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9100 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9101 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9104 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9105 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9106 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9115 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9116 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9117 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9118 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9120 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9122 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9124 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9125 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9128 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9129 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9131 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9135 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9136 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9139 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9140 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9146 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9152 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9153 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9157 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9158 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9159 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9160 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9161 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9162 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9163 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9164 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9165 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9166 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9167 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9171 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9178 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9182 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9183 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9184 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9186 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9187 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9188 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9189 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9190 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9191 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9192 referenced within the function.
9194 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9195 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9196 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9197 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9199 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9200 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9201 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9202 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9203 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9204 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9206 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9207 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9208 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9209 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9210 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9211 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9212 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9213 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9214 output at debug-time.
9216 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9217 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9218 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9219 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9220 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9221 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9222 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9223 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9224 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9225 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9226 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9227 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9228 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9230 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9231 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9232 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9233 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9234 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9235 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9236 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9237 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9240 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9241 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9242 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9243 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9244 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9245 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9246 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9247 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9248 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9249 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9250 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9251 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9252 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9255 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9256 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9258 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9259 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9261 if (! reload_completed
)
9264 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9265 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9266 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9267 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9268 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9269 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9271 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9276 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9278 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9280 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9281 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9283 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9284 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9285 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9286 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9287 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9288 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9289 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9290 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9291 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9292 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9295 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9296 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9297 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9298 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9299 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9300 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9302 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9303 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9304 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9305 /* Not passed in memory. */
9306 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9307 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9308 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9309 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9310 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9311 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9312 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9315 /* Big endian correction check. */
9317 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9318 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9321 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9322 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9324 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9325 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9329 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9331 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9332 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9333 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9334 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9338 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9339 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9340 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9341 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9343 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9344 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9345 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9346 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9348 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9349 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9350 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9351 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9352 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9354 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9356 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9357 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9358 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9359 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9360 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9361 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9363 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9364 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9365 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9366 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9367 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9369 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9370 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9371 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9372 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9378 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9380 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9381 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9382 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9384 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9389 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9390 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9391 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9392 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9393 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9394 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9395 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9396 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9397 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9398 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9401 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9404 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9406 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9408 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9411 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9412 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9415 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9418 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9419 don't emit anything. */
9429 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9430 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9434 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9436 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9437 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9438 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9439 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9440 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9447 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9449 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9457 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9458 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9459 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9462 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9464 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9465 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9467 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9468 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9473 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9476 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9477 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9478 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9480 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9481 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9482 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9489 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9490 the value of the attribute. */
9493 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9495 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9497 if (demangle_name_func
)
9498 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9500 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9504 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9507 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9509 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9511 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9514 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9515 a representation for that bound. */
9518 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9520 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9525 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9527 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9528 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9529 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9530 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9531 /* use the default */
9534 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9539 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9540 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9541 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9545 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9546 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9547 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9548 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9549 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9550 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9551 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9552 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9553 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9554 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9555 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9556 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9557 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9558 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9559 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9560 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9561 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9562 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9564 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9565 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9566 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9567 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9568 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9570 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9571 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9572 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9574 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9575 it references an outer function's frame. */
9576 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9578 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9580 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9581 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9584 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9585 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9586 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9587 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9588 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9591 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9597 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9599 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9600 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9601 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9602 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9604 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9605 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9611 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9612 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9614 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9615 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9617 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9621 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9622 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9624 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9626 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9627 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9628 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9629 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9630 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9632 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9633 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9635 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9636 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9637 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9638 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9640 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9646 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9647 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9650 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9652 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9653 unsigned dimension_number
;
9656 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9658 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9659 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9660 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9661 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9662 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9663 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9664 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9665 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9667 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9668 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9669 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9670 gen_array_type_die. */
9671 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9672 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9673 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9674 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9677 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9679 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9680 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9682 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9685 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9686 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9687 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9689 /* Define the index type. */
9690 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9692 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9693 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9694 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9695 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9696 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9697 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9698 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9701 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9705 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9706 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9708 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9709 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9710 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9712 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9714 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9717 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9718 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9724 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9728 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9736 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9737 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9740 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9741 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9742 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9743 even for bit-fields. */
9744 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9750 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9751 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9752 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9753 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9754 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9757 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9758 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9759 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9762 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9763 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9764 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9765 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9766 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9767 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9769 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9770 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9771 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9774 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9776 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9777 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9778 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9779 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9780 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9781 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9783 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9785 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9788 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9789 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9790 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9791 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9792 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9795 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9797 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9798 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9799 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9800 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9801 below must take account of these differences. */
9802 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9803 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9805 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9807 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9808 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9812 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9813 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9814 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9816 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9819 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9820 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9823 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9825 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9826 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9827 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9830 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9831 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9834 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9835 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9838 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9840 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9841 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9842 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9845 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9846 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9850 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9852 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9854 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9856 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9857 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9858 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9860 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9861 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9865 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9867 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9869 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9872 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9873 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9874 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9875 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9877 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9880 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9883 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9886 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9888 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9890 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9892 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9893 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9894 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9895 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9898 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9899 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9900 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9901 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9905 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9908 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9910 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9912 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9913 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9916 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9917 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9920 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9924 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9925 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9927 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9928 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9929 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9931 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9932 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9933 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9934 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9935 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9936 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9939 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9940 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9941 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9942 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9944 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9945 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9946 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9951 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9954 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
9956 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9959 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9962 pop_decl_scope (void)
9964 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9967 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9970 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9971 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9972 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9973 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9974 the current active scope. */
9977 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
9979 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9980 tree containing_scope
;
9983 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9987 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9989 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9990 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9991 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9993 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9994 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9995 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9996 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9997 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9999 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10000 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10001 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10003 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10004 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10005 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10006 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10007 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10012 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10013 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10016 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10017 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10020 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10023 scope_die
= context_die
;
10028 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10031 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10033 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10034 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10035 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10041 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10044 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10046 return (context_die
10047 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10048 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10051 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10052 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10053 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10056 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10057 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10059 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10060 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10062 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10063 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10064 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10065 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10066 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10067 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10068 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10070 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10071 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10072 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10073 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10074 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10077 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10078 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10079 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10082 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10083 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10086 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10087 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10088 was declared without a tag. */
10090 static const char *
10091 type_tag (tree type
)
10093 const char *name
= 0;
10095 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10099 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10100 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10101 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10103 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10104 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10106 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10107 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10108 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10110 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10112 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10115 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10118 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10119 for bit field types. */
10122 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10124 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10125 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10128 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10129 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10132 static const char *
10133 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10136 const char *fnname
;
10138 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10139 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10143 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10146 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10151 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10152 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10153 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10156 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10158 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10159 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10162 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10163 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10164 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10165 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10166 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10169 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10170 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10171 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10173 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10175 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10176 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10177 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10178 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10182 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10183 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10184 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10185 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10186 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10187 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10188 for multidimensional arrays. */
10189 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10192 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10193 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10194 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10195 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10196 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10199 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10201 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10202 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10204 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10205 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10206 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10207 add_subscript_info. */
10208 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10209 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10210 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10212 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10215 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10219 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10221 dw_die_ref type_die
10222 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10224 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10225 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10230 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10232 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10233 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10235 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10236 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10239 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10240 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10241 0, 0, context_die
);
10244 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10245 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10247 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10251 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10252 emit full debugging info for them. */
10255 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10259 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10260 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10263 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10266 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10268 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10270 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10271 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10272 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10275 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10278 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10280 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10282 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10283 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10284 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10287 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10290 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10292 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10294 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10295 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10296 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10299 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10300 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10301 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10305 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10307 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10309 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10311 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10312 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10313 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10314 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10316 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10319 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10321 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10322 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10323 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10324 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10328 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10329 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10330 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10331 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10333 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10334 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10335 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10336 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10338 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10339 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10341 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10343 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10344 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10346 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10347 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10349 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10350 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10351 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10353 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10354 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10359 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10362 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10363 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10366 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10367 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10368 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10369 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10370 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10371 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10372 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10373 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10376 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10378 dw_die_ref parm_die
10379 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10382 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10385 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10386 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10387 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10390 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10391 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10392 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10393 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10395 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10396 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10399 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10400 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10401 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10406 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10407 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10417 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10418 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10421 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10423 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10426 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10427 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10428 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10429 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10432 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10435 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10436 tree first_parm_type
;
10439 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10441 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10442 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10447 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10449 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10450 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10451 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10453 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10455 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10456 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10459 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10460 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10461 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10462 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10463 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10464 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10466 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10468 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10471 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10472 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10473 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10474 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10476 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10477 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10478 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10479 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10480 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10481 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10484 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10485 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10486 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10487 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10488 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10491 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10493 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10495 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10496 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10497 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10498 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10500 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10503 push_decl_scope (type
);
10504 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10505 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10507 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10513 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10514 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10517 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10519 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10522 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10524 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10525 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10527 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10528 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10529 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10532 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10533 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10534 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10536 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10538 gen_type_die_for_member
10539 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10542 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10543 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10544 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10546 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10547 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10548 if (! was_abstract
)
10549 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10551 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10554 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10558 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10560 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10561 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10562 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10566 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10567 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10568 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10570 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10571 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10572 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10573 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10574 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10576 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10577 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10584 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10586 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10589 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10590 inline function. */
10591 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10592 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10594 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10595 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10599 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10601 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10602 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10603 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10604 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10605 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10607 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10608 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10609 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10610 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10611 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10617 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10618 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10619 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10620 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10621 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10622 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10623 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10624 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10625 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10626 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10627 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10628 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10630 subr_die
= old_die
;
10632 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10633 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10634 remove_children (subr_die
);
10638 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10639 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10640 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10641 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10642 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10643 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10645 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10650 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10652 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10653 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10655 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10656 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10658 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10659 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10660 0, 0, context_die
);
10663 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10664 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10665 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10667 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10668 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10669 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10670 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10675 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10677 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10679 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10680 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10681 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10682 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10683 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10684 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10687 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10689 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10691 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10692 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10694 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10698 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10699 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10701 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10704 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10706 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10708 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10709 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10711 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10712 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10713 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10714 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10715 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10716 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10718 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10719 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10721 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10722 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10723 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10726 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10727 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10728 variables is relative to one of them. */
10730 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10731 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10734 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10735 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10736 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10737 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10738 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10742 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10743 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10744 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10745 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10746 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10747 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10748 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10749 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10750 an ellipsis at the end. */
10752 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10753 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10754 its formal parameters. */
10755 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10757 else if (declaration
)
10758 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10761 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10762 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10765 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10766 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10767 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10768 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10770 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10771 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10772 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10773 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10775 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10778 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10779 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10780 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10781 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10782 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10783 parameters at all. */
10784 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10785 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10787 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10788 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10789 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10791 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10792 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10795 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10796 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10797 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10799 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10800 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10801 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10802 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10803 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10804 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10805 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10807 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10808 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10809 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10810 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10811 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10812 constructor function. */
10813 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10815 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10816 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10818 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10819 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10821 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10822 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10824 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10825 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10832 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10835 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10837 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10838 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10840 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10841 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10842 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10844 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10845 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10847 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10848 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10850 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10851 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10854 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10855 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10856 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10858 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10859 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10860 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10862 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10864 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10865 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10867 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10868 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10870 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10871 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10876 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10877 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10878 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10880 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10881 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10883 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10884 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10886 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10887 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10888 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10889 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10893 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10895 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10896 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10898 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10900 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10901 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10904 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10907 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10910 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10912 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10913 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10915 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10917 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10918 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10920 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10922 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10923 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10926 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10928 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10929 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
10930 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10931 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10932 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10933 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10935 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10936 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10937 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10938 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10939 it if it ever does happen. */
10940 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10943 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10944 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10949 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10952 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10954 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10955 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10957 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10959 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10963 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10965 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10968 add_ranges (chain
);
10969 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10977 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10978 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10979 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10980 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10981 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10985 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10988 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10991 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10993 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10995 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
10996 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
10997 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
10998 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
10999 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11001 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11003 dw_die_ref subr_die
11004 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11005 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11007 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11008 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11009 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11010 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11011 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11012 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11013 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11014 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11015 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11018 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11019 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11020 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11021 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11022 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11023 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11024 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11025 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11026 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11027 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11028 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11030 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11033 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11036 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11038 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11040 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11043 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11045 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11046 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11049 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11051 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11052 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11053 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11056 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11057 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11059 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11060 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11062 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11063 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11064 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11065 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11069 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11070 Use modified_type_die instead.
11071 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11072 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11075 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11078 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11080 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11081 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11082 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11085 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11086 Use modified_type_die instead.
11087 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11088 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11091 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11094 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11096 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11097 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11098 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11102 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11105 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11108 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11109 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11111 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11112 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11113 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11114 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11117 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11120 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11123 char producer
[250];
11124 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11127 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11131 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11132 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11133 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11134 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11137 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11139 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11140 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11141 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11142 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11143 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11144 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11145 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11146 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11147 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11150 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11152 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11153 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11154 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11155 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11156 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11157 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11158 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11159 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11160 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11161 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11163 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11165 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11169 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11172 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11174 dw_die_ref type_die
11175 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11177 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11179 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11180 TODO: add string length info. */
11182 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11183 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11187 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11190 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11192 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11194 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11195 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11197 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11198 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11200 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11201 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11202 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11203 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11206 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11209 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11212 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11215 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11216 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11217 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11218 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11219 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11220 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11221 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11222 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11223 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11224 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11225 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11227 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11228 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11230 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11231 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11232 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11235 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11236 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11237 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11238 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11241 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11242 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11244 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11245 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11246 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11247 do put them in the right order. */
11249 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11251 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11253 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11256 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11257 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11259 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11260 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11263 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11265 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11267 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11271 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11272 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11273 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11276 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11278 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11279 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11281 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11282 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11283 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11285 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11288 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11289 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11292 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11294 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11295 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11297 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11299 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11300 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11302 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11304 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11306 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11309 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11311 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11312 then give a list of members. */
11315 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11316 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11317 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11318 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11319 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11320 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11322 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11323 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11324 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11325 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11327 push_decl_scope (type
);
11328 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11331 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11332 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11334 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11336 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11337 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11338 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11343 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11345 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11346 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11347 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11348 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11352 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11355 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11357 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11358 dw_die_ref subr_die
11359 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11360 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11362 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11363 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11364 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11365 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11368 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11371 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11373 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11376 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11379 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11380 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11381 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11382 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11383 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11388 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11389 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11391 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11393 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11396 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11399 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11401 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11402 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11405 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11406 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11409 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11412 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11416 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11419 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11420 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11422 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11425 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11426 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11429 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11430 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11434 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11435 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11436 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11437 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11438 cloned type itself). */
11439 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11440 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11442 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11445 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11451 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11452 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11453 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11454 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11455 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11457 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11459 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11460 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11461 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11465 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11466 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11467 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11469 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11470 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11472 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11474 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11478 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11479 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11483 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11484 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11487 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11488 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11489 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11490 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11494 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11495 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11496 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11500 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11502 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11503 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11506 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11510 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11513 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11516 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11517 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11518 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11519 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11520 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11521 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11522 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11523 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11524 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11525 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11527 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11529 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11532 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11533 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11534 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11540 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11541 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11543 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11548 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11549 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11550 when appropriate. */
11559 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11563 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11570 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11573 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11576 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11578 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11581 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11582 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11583 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11585 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11588 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11589 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11591 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11596 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11597 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11601 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11605 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11606 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11614 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11615 things which are local to the given block. */
11618 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11620 int must_output_die
= 0;
11623 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11625 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11626 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11627 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11630 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11631 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11632 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11633 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11637 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11638 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11643 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11644 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11645 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11646 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11647 the current block. */
11648 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11649 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11651 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11653 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11654 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11655 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11656 must_output_die
= 1;
11659 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11660 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11661 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11662 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11663 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11664 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11665 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11666 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11668 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11669 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11670 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11671 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11672 as being a "significant" one. */
11673 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11675 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11676 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11677 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11678 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11679 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11680 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11682 must_output_die
= 1;
11688 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11689 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11690 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11691 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11692 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11693 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11694 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11695 if (must_output_die
)
11697 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11698 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11700 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11703 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11706 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11707 all of its sub-blocks. */
11710 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11715 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11716 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11719 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11720 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11721 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11722 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11723 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11727 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11728 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11729 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11730 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11734 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11735 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11737 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11740 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11741 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11744 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11745 therein) of this block. */
11746 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11748 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11749 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11752 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11755 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11757 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11760 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11761 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11762 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11763 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11764 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11765 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11771 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11774 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11778 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11781 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11787 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11788 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11791 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11792 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11793 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11794 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11795 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11798 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11799 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11800 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11802 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11803 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11804 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
11805 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11806 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11807 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11808 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11809 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11810 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11812 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11813 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11816 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11817 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11819 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11820 have described its return type. */
11821 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11823 /* And its virtual context. */
11824 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11825 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11827 /* And its containing type. */
11828 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11829 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11830 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11833 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11834 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11838 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11839 actual typedefs. */
11840 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11843 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11844 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11845 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11846 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11847 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11848 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11849 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11851 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11855 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11856 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11858 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11859 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11863 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11864 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11868 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11869 variable declarations or definitions. */
11870 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11873 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11875 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11877 /* And its containing type. */
11878 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11879 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11880 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11882 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11883 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11884 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11886 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11887 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11888 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11890 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11894 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11895 anonymous unions. */
11896 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11897 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11899 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11900 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11905 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11906 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11909 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11910 /* Ignore for now. */
11914 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
11915 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
11921 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11924 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
11926 unsigned int file_index
;
11928 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11930 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11931 tree context_list_decl
11932 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11935 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11936 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11937 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11938 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11939 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11943 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11944 compilation proper has finished. */
11947 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
11949 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11950 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11951 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11952 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11953 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11954 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11957 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11960 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
11962 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11964 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11969 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11970 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11971 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11972 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11973 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11976 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11977 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11978 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11979 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11980 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11981 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11982 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11983 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11984 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11985 with the definition of the function.
11987 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11988 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11989 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11990 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11991 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11992 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11993 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11994 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11995 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11996 that they *are* definitions).
11998 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11999 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12000 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12001 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12002 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12003 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12006 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12007 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12008 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12009 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12010 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12011 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12012 context_die
= NULL
;
12016 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12017 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12018 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12019 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12020 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12021 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12022 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12023 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12024 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12027 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12028 variable declarations or definitions. */
12029 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12034 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12035 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12038 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12039 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12040 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12042 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12043 comparisons have. */
12044 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12045 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12046 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12047 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12048 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12053 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12054 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12057 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12058 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12059 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12060 context_die
= NULL
;
12068 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12071 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12072 a lexical block. */
12075 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12076 unsigned int blocknum
)
12078 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12079 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12082 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12086 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12088 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12089 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12092 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12093 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12095 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12096 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12097 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12100 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12104 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12105 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12106 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12112 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12113 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12114 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12115 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12116 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12117 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12118 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12119 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12120 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12124 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12127 char *save_file_name
;
12129 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12130 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12131 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12134 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12135 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12136 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12139 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12140 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12141 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12142 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12144 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12148 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12149 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12150 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12151 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12152 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12158 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12160 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12162 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12164 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12165 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12166 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12167 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12168 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12169 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12171 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12178 init_file_table (void)
12180 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12181 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12182 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12184 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12185 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12186 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12187 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12190 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12191 and record information relating to this source line, in
12192 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12195 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12197 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12200 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12202 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12203 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12204 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12207 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12209 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12211 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12213 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12214 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12216 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12217 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12219 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12220 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12221 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12223 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12225 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12226 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12227 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12229 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12230 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12231 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12233 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12234 separate_line_info_table
12235 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12236 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12237 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12238 memset (separate_line_info_table
12239 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12241 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12242 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12245 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12247 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12248 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12249 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12250 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12254 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12256 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12257 line_info_table_in_use
);
12259 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12260 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12262 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12264 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12265 (line_info_table_allocated
12266 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12267 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12268 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12271 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12272 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12273 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12274 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12279 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12282 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12284 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12286 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12287 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12289 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12290 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12293 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12295 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12299 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12301 "Filename we just started");
12305 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12308 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12310 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12311 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12312 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12314 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12316 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12317 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12321 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12322 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12323 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12326 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12327 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12329 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12331 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12332 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12334 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12338 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12339 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12340 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12343 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12344 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12346 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12348 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12349 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12350 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12351 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12355 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12358 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12360 init_file_table ();
12362 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12363 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12364 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12365 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12366 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12368 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12369 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12371 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12372 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12373 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12374 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12375 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12376 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12378 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12379 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12380 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12381 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12383 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12384 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12386 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12387 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12388 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12389 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12390 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12391 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12392 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12394 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12396 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12400 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12401 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12402 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12404 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12406 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12407 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12408 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12409 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12410 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12411 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12412 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12413 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12414 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12415 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12416 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12417 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12419 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12421 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12422 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12423 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12424 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12427 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12430 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12434 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12435 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12438 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12440 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12442 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12444 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12445 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12446 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12454 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12455 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12458 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12462 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12463 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12467 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12468 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12471 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12475 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12477 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12479 /* A reference to another DIE.
12480 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12481 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12483 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12485 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12486 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12487 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12493 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12494 to DIE's children. */
12497 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12501 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12503 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12506 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12507 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12508 if (die
->die_parent
)
12509 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12511 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12512 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12515 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12517 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12518 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12522 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12524 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12525 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12526 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12527 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12529 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12535 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12538 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12542 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12546 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12547 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12548 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12549 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12550 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12551 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12552 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12553 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12554 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12555 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12556 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12557 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12558 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12559 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12560 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12561 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12562 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12563 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12564 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12565 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12566 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12570 /* Mark everything else. */
12576 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12577 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12579 /* Mark children. */
12580 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12581 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12585 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12588 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12590 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12591 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12595 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12600 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12608 die
->die_child
= n
;
12615 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12618 prune_unused_types (void)
12621 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12623 /* Clear all the marks. */
12624 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12625 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12626 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12628 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12629 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12630 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12631 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12633 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12634 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12635 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12636 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12637 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12638 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12640 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12641 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12642 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12643 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12645 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12646 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12647 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12648 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12651 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12652 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12655 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12657 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12658 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12660 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12661 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12662 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12663 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12664 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12665 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12668 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12669 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12670 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12671 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12673 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12678 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12679 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12680 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12681 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12683 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12685 next_node
= node
->next
;
12688 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12690 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12694 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12695 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12697 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12698 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12699 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12700 else if (node
->created_for
12701 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12702 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12704 (node
->created_for
)))))
12705 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12706 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12707 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12708 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12709 else if (node
->created_for
12710 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12711 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12712 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12713 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12714 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12716 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12717 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12718 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12719 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12720 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12721 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12724 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12731 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12733 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12734 emit full debugging info for them. */
12735 retry_incomplete_types ();
12737 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12738 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12739 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12741 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12742 prune_unused_types ();
12744 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12745 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12746 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12747 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12749 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12750 that have children. */
12751 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12752 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12753 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12755 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12757 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12759 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12760 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12761 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12762 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12763 examining the file. */
12764 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12766 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12767 output_line_info ();
12770 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12771 if (have_location_lists
)
12773 /* Output the location lists info. */
12774 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12775 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12776 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12777 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12778 output_location_lists (die
);
12779 have_location_lists
= 0;
12782 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12784 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12786 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12787 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12790 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12791 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12792 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12793 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12795 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12796 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12797 debug_line_section_label
);
12799 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12800 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12802 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12803 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12804 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12805 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12807 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12809 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12810 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12811 output_abbrev_section ();
12813 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12814 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12816 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12817 output_pubnames ();
12820 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12821 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12822 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12824 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12828 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12829 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12831 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12836 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12837 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12839 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12841 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12844 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12846 if (debug_str_hash
)
12847 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12851 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12852 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
12854 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12856 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"